1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30 /*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60 /**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86 /**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123 /**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156 /**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
198 *
199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
202 */
203
204 /**
205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
206 *
207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
222 *
223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
225 * up a connection or after roaming.
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
232 *
233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
240 */
241
242 /**
243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
244 *
245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
249 */
250
251 /**
252 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
253 *
254 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
255 *
256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
257 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
258 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
259 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
261 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
262 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
264 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
265 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
266 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
267 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
268 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
269 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
271 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
272 *
273 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
274 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
275 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
276 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
278 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
279 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
280 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
281 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
282 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
283 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
284 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
285 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
286 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
287 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
288 *
289 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
290 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
291 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
292 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
293 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
295 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
296 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
297 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
298 *
299 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
300 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
301 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
302 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
303 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
305 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
306 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
307 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
308 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
309 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
310 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
311 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
314 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
316 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
317 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
318 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
319 *
320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
321 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
322 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
323 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
324 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
325 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
327 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
328 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
329 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
330 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
331 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
332 * frame).
333 *
334 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
335 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
337 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
338 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
339 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
340 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
341 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
342 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
343 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
345 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
347 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
348 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
349 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
350 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
351 *
352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
353 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
354 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
355 * global regdomain will be returned.
356 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
357 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
358 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
359 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
360 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
361 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
362 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
363 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
364 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
366 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
367 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
368 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
369 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
370 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
371 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
374 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
375 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
376 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
377 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
378 *
379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
380 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
381 *
382 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
383 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
384 *
385 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
386 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
387 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
388 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
389 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
390 * added to all specified management frames generated by
391 * kernel/firmware/driver.
392 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
393 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
394 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
395 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
396 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
397 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
398 *
399 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
400 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
401 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
402 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
403 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
404 * be used.
405 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
406 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
408 * partial scan results may be available
409 *
410 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
411 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
412 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
413 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
414 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
415 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
416 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
417 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
418 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
419 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
420 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
421 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
422 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
423 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
424 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
425 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
426 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
427 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
428 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
429 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
430 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
431 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
432 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
433 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
434 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
435 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
436 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
437 * results available.
438 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
439 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
440 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
441 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
442 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
443 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
444 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
445 *
446 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
447 * or noise level
448 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
449 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
450 *
451 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
452 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
453 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
454 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
456 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
457 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
458 * ESS.
459 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
460 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
461 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
462 * authentication.
463 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
464 *
465 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
466 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
467 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
468 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
469 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
470 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
471 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
472 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
473 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
474 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
475 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
476 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
477 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
478 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
479 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
480 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
481 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
482 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
483 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
484 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
485 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
486 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
487 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
488 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
489 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
490 * the beacon hint was processed.
491 *
492 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
493 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
494 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
495 * authentication process.
496 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
497 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
498 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
499 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
500 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
501 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
502 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
503 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
504 * to be added to the frame.
505 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
506 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
507 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
508 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
509 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
510 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
511 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
512 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
513 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
514 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
515 * pending authentication timed out).
516 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
517 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
518 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
519 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
521 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
522 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
523 * included).
524 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
525 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
526 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
527 * primitives).
528 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
529 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
530 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
531 *
532 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
533 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
534 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
535 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
536 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
537 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
538 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
539 *
540 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
541 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
542 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
543 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
544 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
545 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
546 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
547 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
548 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
549 * determined by the network interface.
550 *
551 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
552 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
553 * to the driver.
554 *
555 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
556 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
557 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
558 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
559 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
561 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
562 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
563 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
564 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
565 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
566 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
567 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
568 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
569 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
570 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
571 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
572 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
573 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
574 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
575 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
576 * a different BSS is desired.
577 * Background scan period can optionally be
578 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
579 * if not specified default background scan configuration
580 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
581 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
582 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
583 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
584 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
585 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
586 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
587 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
588 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
589 * well to remain backwards compatible.
590 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
591 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
592 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
593 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
594 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
595 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
596 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
597 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
598 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
599 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
600 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
601 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
602 *
603 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
604 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
605 *
606 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
607 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
608 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
609 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
610 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
611 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
612 * frequency for the operation.
613 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
614 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
615 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
616 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
617 * radio).
618 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
619 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
620 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
621 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
622 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
623 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
624 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
625 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
626 * uniquely identify the request.
627 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
628 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
629 *
630 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
631 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
632 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
633 *
634 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
635 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
636 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
637 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
638 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
639 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
640 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
641 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
642 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
643 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
644 * backward compatibility
645 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
646 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
647 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
648 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
649 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
650 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
651 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
652 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
653 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
654 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
655 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
656 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
657 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
658 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
659 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
660 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
661 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
662 * is used during CSA period.
663 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
664 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
665 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
666 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
667 * wait time.
668 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
669 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
670 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
671 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
672 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
673 * the frame.
674 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
675 * backward compatibility.
676 *
677 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
678 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
679 *
680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
681 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
682 * levels.
683 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
684 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
685 * reached.
686 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
687 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
688 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
689 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
690 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
691 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
692 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
693 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
694 * precedence when they are used.
695 *
696 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
697 *
698 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
699 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
700 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
701 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
702 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
703 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
704 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
705 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
706 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
707 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
708 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
709 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
710 * command, the feature is disabled.
711 *
712 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
713 * mesh config parameters may be given.
714 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
715 * network is determined by the network interface.
716 *
717 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
718 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
719 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
720 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
721 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
722 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
723 *
724 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
725 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
726 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
727 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
728 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
729 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
730 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
731 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
732 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
733 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
734 * depending on the authentication result.
735 *
736 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
737 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
738 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
739 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
740 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
741 * more background information, see
742 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
743 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
744 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
745 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
746 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
747 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
748 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
749 *
750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
751 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
752 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
753 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
754 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
755 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
756 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
757 *
758 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
759 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
760 *
761 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
762 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
763 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
764 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
765 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
766 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
767 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
768 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
769 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
770 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
771 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
772 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
773 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
774 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
775 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
776 *
777 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
778 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
779 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
780 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
781 * is received.
782 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
783 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
784 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
785 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
786 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
787 *
788 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
789 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
790 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
791 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
792 *
793 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
794 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
795 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
796 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
797 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
798 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
799 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
800 *
801 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
802 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
803 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
804 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
805 *
806 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
807 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
808 *
809 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
810 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
811 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
812 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
813 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
814 * from the remote AP) is completed;
815 *
816 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
817 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
818 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
819 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
820 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
821 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
822 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
823 * interfaces to change channel as well.
824 *
825 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
826 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
827 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
828 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
829 * public action frame TX.
830 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
831 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
832 *
833 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
834 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
835 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
836 * is used for this.
837 *
838 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
839 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
840 *
841 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
842 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
843 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
844 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
845 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
846 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
847 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
848 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
849 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
850 *
851 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
852 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
853 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
854 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
855 * while operating on this channel.
856 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
857 * event.
858 *
859 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
860 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
861 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
862 *
863 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
864 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
865 *
866 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
867 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
868 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
869 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
870 *
871 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
872 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
873 * complete.
874 *
875 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
876 * return back to normal.
877 *
878 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
880 *
881 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
882 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
883 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
884 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
885 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
886 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
887 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
888 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
889 * switch is complete.
890 *
891 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
892 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
893 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
894 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
895 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
896 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
897 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
898 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
899 *
900 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
901 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
902 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
903 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
904 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
907 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
908 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
909 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
910 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
911 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
912 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
913 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
914 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
915 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
916 * fail even if the check was successful.
917 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
918 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
919 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
920 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
921 *
922 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
923 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
924 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
925 *
926 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
927 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
928 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
929 * network is determined by the network interface.
930 *
931 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
932 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
933 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
934 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
935 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
936 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
937 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
938 * AP.
939 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
940 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
941 * when this command completes.
942 *
943 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
944 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
945 * management.
946 *
947 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
948 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
949 * cfg80211_scan_done().
950 *
951 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
952 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
953 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
954 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
955 * cluster. This command must have a valid
956 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
957 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
958 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
959 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
960 * added.
961 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
962 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
963 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
964 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
965 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
966 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
967 * of the function upon success.
968 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
969 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
970 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
971 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
972 * which just terminated.
973 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
974 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
975 * the response to this command.
976 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
977 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
978 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
979 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
980 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
981 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
982 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
983 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
984 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
985 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
986 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
987 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
988 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
989 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
990 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
991 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
992 *
993 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
994 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
995 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
996 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
997 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
998 *
999 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1000 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1001 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1002 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1003 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1004 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1005 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1006 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1007 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
1008 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
1009 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
1010 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1011 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
1012 *
1013 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1014 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1015 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1016 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1017 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1018 * 802.11 headers.
1019 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1021 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1022 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1023 *
1024 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1025 *
1026 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1027 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1028 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1029 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1030 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1031 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1032 *
1033 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1034 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1035 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1036 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1037 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1038 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1039 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1040 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1041 * command interface.
1042 *
1043 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1044 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1045 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1046 *
1047 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1048 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1049 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1050 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1051 *
1052 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1053 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1054 *
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1056 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1058 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1059 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1060 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1061 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1062 * the netlink extended ack message.
1063 *
1064 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1065 *
1066 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1067 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1068 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1069 * buffer size.
1070 *
1071 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1072 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1073 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1074 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1076 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1077 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1078 *
1079 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1080 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1081 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1082 * determining the width and type.
1083 *
1084 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1085 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1086 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1087 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1088 *
1089 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1090 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1091 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1092 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1093 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1094 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1095 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1096 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1097 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1098 * rate selection.
1099 *
1100 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1101 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1102 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1103 *
1104 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1105 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1106 */
1107 enum nl80211_commands {
1108 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1109 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1110
1111 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1112 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1113 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1114 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1115
1116 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1117 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1118 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1119 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1120
1121 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1122 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1123 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1124 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1125
1126 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1127 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1128 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1129 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1130 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1131 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1132
1133 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1134 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1135 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1136 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1137
1138 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1139 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1140 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1141 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1142
1143 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1144
1145 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1146 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1147
1148 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1149 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1150
1151 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1152
1153 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1154
1155 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1156 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1157 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1158 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1159
1160 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1161
1162 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1163 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1164 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1165 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1166
1167 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1168
1169 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1170
1171 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1172 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1173
1174 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1175
1176 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1177 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1178 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1179
1180 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1181
1182 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1183 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1184
1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1186 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1187 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1188
1189 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1190 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1191
1192 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1193
1194 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1195 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1196 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1197 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1198 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1199 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1200
1201 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1202 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1203
1204 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1205 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1206
1207 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1208 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1209
1210 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1211
1212 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1213 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1214
1215 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1216 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1217
1218 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1219
1220 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1221 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1222
1223 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1224 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1225 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1226 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1227
1228 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1229
1230 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1231
1232 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1233 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1234
1235 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1236
1237 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1238
1239 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1240
1241 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1242
1243 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1244
1245 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1246
1247 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1248 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1249
1250 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1251
1252 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1253
1254 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1255
1256 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1257
1258 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1259
1260 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1261 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1262
1263 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1264 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1265
1266 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1267 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1268
1269 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1270
1271 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1272
1273 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1274
1275 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1276 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1277
1278 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1279
1280 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1281 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1282
1283 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1284
1285 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1286 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1287
1288 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1289
1290 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1291
1292 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1293 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1294 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1295 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1296 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1297 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1298
1299 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1300
1301 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1302
1303 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1304 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1305
1306 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1307
1308 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1309
1310 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1311
1312 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1313
1314 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1315
1316 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1317
1318 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1319 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1320 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1321
1322 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1323
1324 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1325
1326 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1327
1328 /* add new commands above here */
1329
1330 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1331 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1332 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1333 };
1334
1335 /*
1336 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1337 * here
1338 */
1339 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1340 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1341 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1342 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1343 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1344 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1345 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1346 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1347
1348 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1349
1350 /* source-level API compatibility */
1351 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1352 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1353 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1354
1355 /**
1356 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1357 *
1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1359 *
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1361 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1365 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1366 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1367 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1368 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1370 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1371 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1373 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1375 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1377 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1378 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1379 * this attribute)
1380 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1381 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1382 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1383 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1385 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1386 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1388 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1389 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1391 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1392 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1394 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1395 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1397 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1398 *
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1400 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1402 *
1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1404 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1405 *
1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1409 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1410 * keys
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1413 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1415 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1418 * default management key
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1420 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1422 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1423 *
1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1428 *
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1431 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1433 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1435 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1436 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1438 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1440 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1441 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1442 *
1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1444 * consisting of a nested array.
1445 *
1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1448 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1451 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1452 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1453 *
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1455 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1456 *
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1458 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1459 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1460 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1461 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1462 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1463 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1464 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1465 * to a specific alpha2.
1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1467 * rules.
1468 *
1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1471 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1473 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1475 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1476 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1477 *
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1479 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1480 *
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1482 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1483 * of the interface mode.
1484 *
1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1486 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1487 *
1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1489 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1490 *
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1492 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1494 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1496 * that can be added to a scan request
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1498 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1500 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1501 *
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1504 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1506 *
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1508 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1510 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1511 *
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1513 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1514 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1515 *
1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1517 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1518 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1521 * represented as a u32
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1523 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1524 *
1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1526 * a u32
1527 *
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1529 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1530 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1531 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1532 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1534 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1535 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1536 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1537 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1538 *
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1540 * cipher suites
1541 *
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1543 * for other networks on different channels
1544 *
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1546 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1547 *
1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1549 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1550 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1551 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1552 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1553 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1554 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1555 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1556 *
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1558 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1559 *
1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1561 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1562 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1563 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1564 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1565 * default in station mode.
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1567 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1568 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1569 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1570 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1571 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1573 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1574 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1576 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1577 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1578 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1579 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1580 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1581 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1582 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1583 * flag.
1584 *
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1586 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1587 *
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1589 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1590 * a local disconnect request.
1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1592 * event (u16)
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1594 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1595 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1596 *
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1598 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1599 * (an array of u32).
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1601 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1602 * u32).
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1604 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1605 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1607 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1608 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1609 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1610 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1611 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1612 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1613 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1614 *
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1616 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1618 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1619 *
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1621 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1622 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1623 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1624 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1625 *
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1627 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1629 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1630 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1633 *
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1635 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1636 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1637 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1638 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1639 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1640 * completely from scratch.
1641 *
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1643 *
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1645 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1646 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1647 *
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1650 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1654 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1655 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1656 *
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1658 *
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1660 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1661 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1662 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1663 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1664 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1665 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1666 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1667 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1668 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1669 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1670 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1671 *
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1673 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1675 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1677 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1678 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1679 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1681 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1682 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1683 *
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1685 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1686 *
1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1688 *
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1690 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1691 *
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1693 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1694 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1695 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1696 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1697 *
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1699 * connected to this BSS.
1700 *
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1702 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1704 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1705 * for non-automatic settings.
1706 *
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1708 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1709 *
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1711 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1712 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1713 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1714 *
1715 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1716 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1717 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1718 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1719 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1720 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1721 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1722 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1723 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1724 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1725 *
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1727 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1728 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1729 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1730 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1731 *
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1733 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1734 *
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1736 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1737 *
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1739 *
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1741 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1742 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1743 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1744 * nl80211 capability flag.
1745 *
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1747 *
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1749 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1750 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1751 *
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1753 * changed once the mesh is active.
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1755 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1757 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1758 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1760 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1761 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1762 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1763 *
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1765 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1767 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1768 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1769 * triggers.
1770 *
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1772 * cycles, in msecs.
1773 *
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1775 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1776 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1777 * pass-thru filter rules.
1778 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1779 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1780 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1781 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1782 * able to ignore them by itself.
1783 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1784 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1785 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1786 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1787 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1788 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1789 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1790 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1791 *
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1793 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1794 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1796 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1797 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1798 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1799 *
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1801 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1802 *
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1804 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1805 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1806 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1807 *
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1809 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1810 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1811 *
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1813 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1814 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1815 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1817 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1818 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1819 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1820 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1821 *
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1823 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1825 * as AP.
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1828 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1829 *
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1831 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1832 *
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1834 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1835 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1836 * applications use this attribute.
1837 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1838 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1839 *
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1841 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1842 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1844 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1846 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1848 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1850 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1851 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1852 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1853 *
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1855 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1856 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1857 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1860 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1861 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1862 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1863 *
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1865 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1867 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1868 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1869 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1870 *
1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1872 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1873 * to be filled by the FW.
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1875 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1877 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1878 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1879 * The values that may be configured are:
1880 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1881 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1882 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1883 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1884 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1887 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1888 * to one DFS region.
1889 *
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1891 * up to 16 TIDs.
1892 *
1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1894 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1895 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1896 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1897 * capability to timeout the stations.
1898 *
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1900 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1901 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1902 *
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1904 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1905 *
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1907 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1908 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1909 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1910 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1911 *
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1913 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1914 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1915 *
1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1917 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1918 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1919 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1920 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1921 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1922 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1923 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1924 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1925 * consistent.
1926 *
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1928 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1929 *
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1931 *
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1933 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1934 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1935 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1936 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1937 * no change is made.
1938 *
1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1940 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1941 *
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1943 * carried in a u32 attribute
1944 *
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1946 * MAC ACL.
1947 *
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1949 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1950 * ACL.
1951 *
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1953 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1954 *
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1956 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1957 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1959 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1960 *
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1962 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1963 *
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1965 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1966 * and PU-APSD.
1967 *
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1969 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1970 *
1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1972 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1973 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1974 *
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1976 *
1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1978 * Element
1979 *
1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1981 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1983 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1984 *
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1986 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1987 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1988 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1989 *
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1991 *
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1993 * until the channel switch event.
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1995 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1996 * operation).
1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1998 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2000 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2002 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2005 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2006 *
2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2008 *
2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2010 * supported operating classes.
2011 *
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2013 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2014 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2015 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2016 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2017 * IBSS network.
2018 *
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2020 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2022 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2023 *
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2025 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2026 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2027 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2028 * u8 attribute.
2029 *
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2031 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2034 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2036 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2037 *
2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2039 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2040 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2041 *
2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2044 *
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2046 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2047 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2048 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2049 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2050 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2053 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2055 * supported number of csa counters.
2056 *
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2058 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2059 *
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2061 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2062 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2063 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2064 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2065 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2066 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2067 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2068 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2069 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2070 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2071 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2072 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2073 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2074 * multicast group.
2075 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2076 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2077 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2078 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2079 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2080 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2081 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2082 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2083 *
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2085 * the TDLS link initiator.
2086 *
2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2088 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2089 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2090 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2091 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2092 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2093 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2094 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2095 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2096 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2097 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2098 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2099 *
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2101 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2102 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2103 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2104 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2105 *
2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2109 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2112 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2113 *
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2115 *
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2117 *
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2119 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2120 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2121 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2122 *
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2124 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2125 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2126 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2127 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2128 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2129 *
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2131 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2132 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2133 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2134 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2135 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2136 * over all channels.
2137 *
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2139 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2140 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2141 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2142
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2144 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2145 *
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2147 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2149 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2151 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2153 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2154 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2155 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2156 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2157 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2159 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2160 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2161 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2163 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2164 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2165 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2166 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2167 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2168 *
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2170 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2171 *
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2173 *
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2175 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2176 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2177 * interface type.
2178 *
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2180 * groupID for monitor mode.
2181 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2182 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2183 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2184 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2185 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2186 * each group.
2187 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2188 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2189 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2190 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2191 * groupID data.
2192 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2194 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2195 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2196 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2197 *
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2199 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2200 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2201 * attribute must not be included).
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2203 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2205 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2206 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2207 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2208 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2210 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2211 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2212 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2213 *
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2215 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2216 *
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2218 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2219 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2220 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2221 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2223 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2224 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2225 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2226 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2227 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2228 * the device will decide what to use.
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2230 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2231 * attribute.
2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2233 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2235 * protection.
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2237 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2238 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2239 *
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2241 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2242 *
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2244 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2245 *
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2247 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2248 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2249 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2250 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2251 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2252 * unnecessary wakeups.
2253 *
2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2255 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2256 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2257 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2258 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2259 *
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2261 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2262 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2263 *
2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2265 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2266 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2267 *
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2269 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2270 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2271 *
2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2273 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2274 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2275 *
2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2277 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2278 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2279 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2280 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2281 *
2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2283 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2284 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2285 *
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2287 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2288 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2289 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2290 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2291 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2292 *
2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2294 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2296 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2297 *
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2299 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2300 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2303 *
2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2305 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2306 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2307 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2309 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2310 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2311 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2312 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2313 *
2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2315 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2316 *
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2318 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2320 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2322 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2323 * enforced.
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2325 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2327 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2328 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2329 *
2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2331 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2332 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2333 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2334 *
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2336 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2337 *
2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2339 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2340 * invalid value.
2341 *
2342 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2343 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2344 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2345 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2346 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2347 *
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2349 * scheduler.
2350 *
2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2352 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2353 * possible values.
2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2355 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2356 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2357 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2358 * or per-station.
2359 *
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2361 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2362 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2363 *
2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2365 *
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2367 * functionality.
2368 *
2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2370 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2371 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2373 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2374 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2375 *
2376 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2378 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2379 */
2380 enum nl80211_attrs {
2381 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2382 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2383
2384 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2385 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2386
2387 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2388 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2389 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2390
2391 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2392
2393 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2394 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2395 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2396 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2397 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2398
2399 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2400 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2401 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2402 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2403
2404 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2405 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2406 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2407 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2408 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2409 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2410
2411 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2412
2413 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2414
2415 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2416 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2417 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2418 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2419
2420 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2421 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2422 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2423
2424 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2425
2426 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2427
2428 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2429 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2430
2431 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2432
2433 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2434
2435 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2436 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2437 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2438
2439 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2440
2441 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2442 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2443
2444 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2445
2446 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2447 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2448 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2449 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2450
2451 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2452 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2453
2454 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2455
2456 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2457 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2458 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2459 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2460
2461 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2462
2463 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2464 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2465
2466 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2467 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2468
2469 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2470
2471
2472 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2473 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2474 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2475 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2476
2477 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2478
2479 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2480
2481 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2482
2483 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2484
2485 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2486
2487 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2488
2489 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2490 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2491
2492 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2493 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2494 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2495 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2496
2497 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2498 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2499
2500 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2501
2502 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2503 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2504
2505 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2506
2507 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2508
2509 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2510
2511 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2513
2514 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2515
2516 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2517
2518 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2519
2520 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2521
2522 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2523
2524 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2525
2526 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2527
2528 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2529
2530 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2531
2532 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2533
2534 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2536
2537 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2539 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2540
2541 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2542 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2543
2544 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2545
2546 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2547 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2548
2549 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2550
2551 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2552
2553 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2554
2555 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2556
2557 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2558
2559 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2560
2561 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2562 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2563
2564 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2566
2567 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2568 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2569
2570 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2571
2572 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2573 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2574
2575 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2576
2577 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2578 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2579
2580 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2581
2582 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2583
2584 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2585 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2586
2587 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2588 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2589
2590 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2591
2592 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2593 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2594
2595 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2596
2597 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2598
2599 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2600 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2601 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2602 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2603 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2604
2605 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2606
2607 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2608
2609 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2610
2611 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2612
2613 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2614
2615 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2616
2617 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2618 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2619
2620 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2621
2622 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2623
2624 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2625
2626 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2627
2628 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2629
2630 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2631
2632 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2633
2634 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2635
2636 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2637
2638 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2639
2640 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2642 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2643
2644 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2645 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2646
2647 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2648
2649 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2650
2651 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2652
2653 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2654
2655 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2656
2657 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2658 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2659
2660 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2661 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2662
2663 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2664 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2665
2666 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2667 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2668
2669 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2670 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2671
2672 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2673 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2674
2675 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2676
2677 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2678
2679 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2680 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2684
2685 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2686
2687 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2688
2689 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2690
2691 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2692
2693 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2694 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2695
2696 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2697
2698 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2699 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2700 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2701 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2702
2703 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2704
2705 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2706 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2707
2708 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2709
2710 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2711
2712 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2713
2714 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2715 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2716
2717 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2718
2719 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2720
2721 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2722
2723 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2724 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2725 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2726
2727 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2728
2729 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2730
2731 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2732
2733 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2734
2735 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2736
2737 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2738
2739 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2740
2741 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2742
2743 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2744
2745 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2746 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2747 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2748 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2749
2750 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2751
2752 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2753
2754 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2755
2756 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2757
2758 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2759
2760 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2761 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2762
2763 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2764 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2765 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2767
2768 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2769
2770 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2771 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2774
2775 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2777
2778 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2779
2780 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2781
2782 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2783 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2784
2785 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2786
2787 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2788 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2790 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2792
2793 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2794
2795 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2797
2798 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2799 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2800 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2801
2802 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2803 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2804
2805 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2806 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2807
2808 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2809
2810 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2811 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2812 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2813 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2814
2815 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2816
2817 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2818
2819 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2820
2821 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2822
2823 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2824
2825 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2826 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2827 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2828
2829 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2830
2831 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2832
2833 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2834
2835 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2836 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2837
2838 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2839
2840 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2841 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2842 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2843 };
2844
2845 /* source-level API compatibility */
2846 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2847 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2848 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2849 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2850
2851 /*
2852 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2853 * here
2854 */
2855 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2856 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2857 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2858 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2859 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2860 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2861 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2862 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2863 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2864 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2865 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2866 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2867 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2868 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2869 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2870 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2871 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2872 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2873 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2874 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2875 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2876
2877 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2878
2879 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2880 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2881 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
2882 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2883 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2884 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2885 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2886 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2887 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
2888 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
2889 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2890 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2891
2892 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2893
2894 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2895 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2896
2897 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2898
2899 /**
2900 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2901 *
2902 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2903 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2904 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2905 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2906 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2907 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2908 * AP type interface.
2909 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2910 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2911 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2912 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2913 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2914 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2915 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2916 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2917 * commands to create and destroy one
2918 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2919 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2920 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2921 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2922 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2923 *
2924 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2925 * to set the type of an interface.
2926 *
2927 */
2928 enum nl80211_iftype {
2929 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2930 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2931 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2932 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2933 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2934 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2935 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2936 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2937 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2938 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2939 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2940 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2941 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2942
2943 /* keep last */
2944 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2945 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2946 };
2947
2948 /**
2949 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2950 *
2951 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2952 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2953 *
2954 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2955 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2956 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2957 * with short barker preamble
2958 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2959 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2960 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2961 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2962 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2963 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2964 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2965 * as errors.)
2966 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2967 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2968 * previously added station into associated state
2969 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2970 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2971 */
2972 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2973 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2974 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2975 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2976 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2977 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2978 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2979 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2980 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2981
2982 /* keep last */
2983 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2984 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2985 };
2986
2987 /**
2988 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2989 *
2990 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2991 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2992 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2993 */
2994 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2995 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2996 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2997
2998 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2999 };
3000
3001 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3002
3003 /**
3004 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3005 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3006 * @set: which values to set them to
3007 *
3008 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3009 */
3010 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3011 __u32 mask;
3012 __u32 set;
3013 } __attribute__((packed));
3014
3015 /**
3016 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3017 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3018 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3019 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3020 */
3021 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3023 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3025 };
3026
3027 /**
3028 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3029 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3030 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3031 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3032 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3033 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3034 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3035 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3036 */
3037 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3038 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3039 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3040 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3041 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3042 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3043 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3044 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3045 };
3046
3047 /**
3048 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3049 *
3050 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3051 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3052 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3053 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3054 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3055 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3056 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3057 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3058 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3059 *
3060 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3063 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3065 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3066 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3067 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3069 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3070 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3071 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3072 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3073 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3074 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3075 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3076 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3077 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3078 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3079 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3080 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3082 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3084 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3085 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3086 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3087 */
3088 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3089 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3090 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3091 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3092 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3093 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3094 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3095 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3096 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3097 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3098 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3099 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3100 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3101 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3102 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3103 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3104 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3105 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3106 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3107
3108 /* keep last */
3109 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3110 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3111 };
3112
3113 /**
3114 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3115 *
3116 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3117 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3118 *
3119 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3120 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3121 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3122 * (flag)
3123 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3124 * (flag)
3125 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3126 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3127 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3128 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3129 */
3130 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3131 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3132 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3133 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3134 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3135 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3136 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3137
3138 /* keep last */
3139 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3140 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3141 };
3142
3143 /**
3144 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3145 *
3146 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3147 * when getting information about a station.
3148 *
3149 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3150 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3151 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3152 * (u32, from this station)
3153 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3154 * (u32, to this station)
3155 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3156 * (u64, from this station)
3157 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3158 * (u64, to this station)
3159 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3160 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3161 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3162 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3163 * (u32, from this station)
3164 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3165 * (u32, to this station)
3166 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3167 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3168 * (u32, to this station)
3169 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3170 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3171 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3173 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3174 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3175 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3176 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3177 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3178 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3179 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3181 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3183 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3185 * non-peer STA
3186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3187 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3188 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3189 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3190 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3191 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3192 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3193 * (u64)
3194 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3195 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3196 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3197 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3198 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3199 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3200 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3201 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3202 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3203 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3204 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3206 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3207 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3208 * (u32, from this station)
3209 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3210 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3211 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3212 * might not be fully accurate.
3213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3214 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3216 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3218 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3219 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3220 * of STA's association
3221 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3222 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3223 */
3224 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3225 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3226 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3227 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3228 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3229 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3230 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3231 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3232 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3233 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3234 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3235 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3236 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3237 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3238 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3239 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3240 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3241 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3242 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3243 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3244 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3245 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3246 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3247 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3248 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3249 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3250 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3251 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3252 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3253 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3254 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3255 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3256 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3257 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3258 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3259 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3260 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3261 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3262 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3263 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3264 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3265 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3266 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3267 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3268
3269 /* keep last */
3270 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3271 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3272 };
3273
3274 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3275 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3276
3277
3278 /**
3279 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3280 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3281 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3282 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3283 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3284 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3285 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3286 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3287 * MSDUs (u64)
3288 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3289 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3290 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3291 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3292 */
3293 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3294 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3295 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3296 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3297 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3298 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3299 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3300 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3301
3302 /* keep last */
3303 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3304 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3305 };
3306
3307 /**
3308 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3309 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3310 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3311 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3312 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3313 * backlogged
3314 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3315 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3316 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3317 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3318 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3319 * (only for per-phy stats)
3320 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3321 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3322 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3323 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3324 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3325 */
3326 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3327 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3328 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3329 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3330 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3331 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3332 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3333 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3334 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3335 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3336 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3337 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3338 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3339
3340 /* keep last */
3341 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3342 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3343 };
3344
3345 /**
3346 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3347 *
3348 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3349 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3350 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3351 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3352 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3353 */
3354 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3355 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3356 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3357 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3358 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3359 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3360 };
3361
3362 /**
3363 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3364 *
3365 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3366 * information about a mesh path.
3367 *
3368 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3369 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3370 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3371 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3372 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3373 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3374 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3375 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3376 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3377 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3378 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3379 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3380 * currently defined
3381 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3382 */
3383 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3384 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3385 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3386 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3387 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3388 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3389 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3390 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3391 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3392 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3393 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3394
3395 /* keep last */
3396 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3397 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3398 };
3399
3400 /**
3401 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3402 *
3403 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3404 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3405 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3406 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3407 * capabilities IE
3408 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3409 * capabilities IE
3410 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3411 * capabilities IE
3412 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3413 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3414 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3415 * defined
3416 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3417 */
3418 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3419 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3420
3421 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3422 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3423 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3424 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3425 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3426
3427 /* keep last */
3428 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3429 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3430 };
3431
3432 /**
3433 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3434 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3435 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3436 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3437 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3438 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3439 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3440 * defined in 802.11n
3441 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3442 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3443 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3444 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3445 * defined in 802.11ac
3446 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3447 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3448 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3449 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3450 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3451 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3452 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3453 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3454 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3455 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3456 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3457 */
3458 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3459 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3460 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3461 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3462
3463 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3464 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3465 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3466 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3467
3468 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3469 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3470 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3471
3472 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3473 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3474
3475 /* keep last */
3476 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3477 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3478 };
3479
3480 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3481
3482 /**
3483 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3484 *
3485 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3486 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3487 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3488 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3489 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3490 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3491 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3492 */
3493 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3494 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3495 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3496 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3497 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3498 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3499
3500 /* keep last */
3501 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3502 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3503 };
3504
3505 /**
3506 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3507 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3508 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3509 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3510 * regulatory domain.
3511 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3512 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3513 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3514 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3515 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3516 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3517 * (100 * dBm).
3518 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3519 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3520 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3521 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3522 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3523 * channel as the control channel
3524 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3525 * channel as the control channel
3526 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3527 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3528 * this includes 80+80 channels
3529 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3530 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3531 * isn't possible
3532 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3533 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3534 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3535 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3536 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3537 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3538 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3539 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3540 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3541 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3542 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3543 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3544 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3545 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3546 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3547 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3548 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3549 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3550 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3551 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3552 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3553 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3554 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3555 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3556 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3557 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3558 * currently defined
3559 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3560 *
3561 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3562 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3563 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3564 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3565 */
3566 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3567 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3568 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3569 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3570 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3571 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3572 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3573 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3574 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3575 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3576 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3577 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3578 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3579 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3580 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3581 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3582 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3583 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3584 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3585 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3586
3587 /* keep last */
3588 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3589 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3590 };
3591
3592 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3593 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3594 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3595 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3596 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3597 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3598
3599 /**
3600 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3601 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3602 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3603 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3604 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3605 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3606 * currently defined
3607 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3608 */
3609 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3610 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3611 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3612 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3613
3614 /* keep last */
3615 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3616 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3617 };
3618
3619 /**
3620 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3621 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3622 * regulatory domain.
3623 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3624 * regulatory domain.
3625 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3626 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3627 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3628 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3629 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3630 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3631 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3632 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3633 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3634 */
3635 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3636 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3637 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3638 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3639 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3640 };
3641
3642 /**
3643 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3644 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3645 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3646 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3647 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3648 * domain.
3649 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3650 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3651 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3652 * them to be applied.
3653 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3654 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3655 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3656 * domain request to be processed.
3657 */
3658 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3659 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3660 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3661 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3662 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3663 };
3664
3665 /**
3666 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3667 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3668 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3669 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3670 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3671 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3672 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3673 * band edge.
3674 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3675 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3676 * band edge.
3677 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3678 * frequency range, in KHz.
3679 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3680 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3681 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3682 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3683 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3684 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3685 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3686 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3687 * currently defined
3688 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3689 */
3690 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3691 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3692 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3693
3694 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3695 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3696 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3697
3698 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3699 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3700
3701 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3702
3703 /* keep last */
3704 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3705 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3706 };
3707
3708 /**
3709 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3710 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3711 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3712 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3713 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3714 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3715 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3716 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3717 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3718 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3719 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3720 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3721 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3722 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3723 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3724 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3725 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3726 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3727 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3728 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3729 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3730 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3731 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3732 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3733 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3734 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3735 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3736 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3737 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3738 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3739 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3740 * attribute number currently defined
3741 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3742 */
3743 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3744 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3745
3746 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3747 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3748 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3749 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3750 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3751 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3752
3753 /* keep last */
3754 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3755 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3756 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3757 };
3758
3759 /* only for backward compatibility */
3760 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3761
3762 /**
3763 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3764 *
3765 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3766 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3767 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3768 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3769 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3770 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3771 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3772 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3773 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3774 * beaconing.
3775 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3776 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3777 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3778 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3779 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3780 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3781 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3782 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3783 */
3784 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3785 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3786 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3787 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3788 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3789 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3790 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3791 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3792 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3793 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3794 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3795 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3796 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3797 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3798 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3799 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3800 };
3801
3802 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3803 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3804 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3805 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3806 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3807 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3808
3809 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3810 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3811
3812 /**
3813 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3814 *
3815 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3816 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3817 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3818 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3819 */
3820 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3821 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3822 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3823 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3824 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3825 };
3826
3827 /**
3828 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3829 *
3830 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3831 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3832 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3833 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3834 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3835 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3836 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3837 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3838 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3839 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3840 * supported feature.
3841 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3842 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3843 */
3844 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3845 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3846 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3847 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3848 };
3849
3850 /**
3851 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3852 *
3853 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3854 * when getting information about a survey.
3855 *
3856 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3857 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3858 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3859 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3860 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3861 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3862 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3863 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3864 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3865 * channel was sensed busy
3866 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3867 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3868 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3869 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3870 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3871 * (on this channel or globally)
3872 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3873 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3874 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
3875 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3876 * currently defined
3877 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3878 */
3879 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3880 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3881 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3882 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3883 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3884 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3885 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3886 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3887 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3888 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3889 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3890 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3891 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
3892
3893 /* keep last */
3894 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3895 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3896 };
3897
3898 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3899 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3900 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3901 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3902 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3903 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3904
3905 /**
3906 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3907 *
3908 * Monitor configuration flags.
3909 *
3910 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3911 *
3912 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3913 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3914 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3915 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3916 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3917 * overrides all other flags.
3918 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3919 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3920 *
3921 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3922 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3923 */
3924 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3925 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3926 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3927 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3928 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3929 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3930 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3931 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3932
3933 /* keep last */
3934 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3935 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3936 };
3937
3938 /**
3939 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3940 *
3941 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3942 * not known or has not been set yet.
3943 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3944 * in Awake state all the time.
3945 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3946 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3947 * neighbor's beacons.
3948 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3949 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3950 * for neighbor's beacons.
3951 *
3952 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3953 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3954 */
3955
3956 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3957 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3958 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3959 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3960 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3961
3962 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3963 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3964 };
3965
3966 /**
3967 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3968 *
3969 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3970 * active.
3971 *
3972 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3973 *
3974 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3975 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3976 *
3977 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3978 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3979 *
3980 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3981 * millisecond units
3982 *
3983 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3984 * on this mesh interface
3985 *
3986 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3987 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3988 * mesh
3989 *
3990 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3991 * point.
3992 *
3993 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3994 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3995 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3996 * set.
3997 *
3998 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3999 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4000 * target)
4001 *
4002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4003 * (in milliseconds)
4004 *
4005 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4006 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4007 *
4008 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4009 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4010 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4011 *
4012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4013 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4014 * reference element
4015 *
4016 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4017 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4018 * mesh
4019 *
4020 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4021 *
4022 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4023 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4024 *
4025 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4026 * root announcements are transmitted.
4027 *
4028 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4029 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4030 * Announcement frames.
4031 *
4032 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4033 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4034 * PERR element.
4035 *
4036 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4037 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4038 *
4039 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4040 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4041 * a peer link.
4042 *
4043 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4044 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4045 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4046 *
4047 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4048 *
4049 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4050 *
4051 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4052 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4053 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4054 *
4055 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4056 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4057 *
4058 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4059 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4060 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4061 *
4062 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4063 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4064 *
4065 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4066 *
4067 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4068 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4069 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4070 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4071 *
4072 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4073 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4074 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4075 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4076 *
4077 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4078 */
4079 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4080 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4081 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4082 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4083 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4084 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4085 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4086 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4087 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4088 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4089 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4090 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4091 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4092 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4093 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4094 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4095 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4096 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4097 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4098 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4099 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4100 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4101 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4102 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4103 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4104 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4105 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4106 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4107 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4108 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4109 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4110
4111 /* keep last */
4112 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4113 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4114 };
4115
4116 /**
4117 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4118 *
4119 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4120 * changed while the mesh is active.
4121 *
4122 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4123 *
4124 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4125 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4126 * default HWMP.
4127 *
4128 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4129 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4130 * metric.
4131 *
4132 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4133 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4134 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4135 * metrics in use.
4136 *
4137 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4138 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4139 *
4140 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4141 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4142 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4143 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4144 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4145 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4146 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4147 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4148 * userspace daemon.
4149 *
4150 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4151 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4152 * neighbor offset synchronization
4153 *
4154 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4155 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4156 *
4157 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4158 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4159 * Default is no authentication method required.
4160 *
4161 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4162 *
4163 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4164 */
4165 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4166 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4167 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4168 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4169 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4170 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4171 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4172 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4173 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4174 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4175
4176 /* keep last */
4177 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4178 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4179 };
4180
4181 /**
4182 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4183 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4184 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4185 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4186 * disabled
4187 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4188 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4189 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4190 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4191 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4192 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4193 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4194 */
4195 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4196 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4197 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4198 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4199 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4200 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4201 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4202
4203 /* keep last */
4204 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4205 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4206 };
4207
4208 enum nl80211_ac {
4209 NL80211_AC_VO,
4210 NL80211_AC_VI,
4211 NL80211_AC_BE,
4212 NL80211_AC_BK,
4213 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4214 };
4215
4216 /* backward compat */
4217 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4218 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4219 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4220 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4221 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4222
4223 /**
4224 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4225 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4226 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4227 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4228 * below the control channel
4229 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4230 * above the control channel
4231 */
4232 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4233 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4234 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4235 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4236 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4237 };
4238
4239 /**
4240 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4241 *
4242 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4243 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4244 *
4245 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4246 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4247 *
4248 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4249 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4250 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4251 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4252 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4253 */
4254 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4255 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4256 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4257 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4258 };
4259
4260 /**
4261 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4262 *
4263 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4264 * attribute.
4265 *
4266 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4267 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4268 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4269 * attribute must be provided as well
4270 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4271 * attribute must be provided as well
4272 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4273 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4274 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4275 * attribute must be provided as well
4276 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4277 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4278 */
4279 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4280 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4281 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4282 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4283 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4284 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4285 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4286 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4287 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4288 };
4289
4290 /**
4291 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4292 *
4293 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4294 *
4295 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4296 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4297 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4298 */
4299 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4300 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4301 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4302 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4303 };
4304
4305 /**
4306 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4307 *
4308 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4309 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4310 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4311 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4312 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4313 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4314 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4315 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4316 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4317 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4318 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4319 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4320 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4321 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4322 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4323 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4324 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4325 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4326 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4327 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4328 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4329 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4330 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4331 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4332 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4333 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4334 * yet been received
4335 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4336 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4337 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4338 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4339 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4340 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4341 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4342 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4343 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4344 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4345 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4346 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4347 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4348 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4349 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4350 * is set.
4351 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4352 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4353 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4354 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4355 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4356 */
4357 enum nl80211_bss {
4358 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4359 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4360 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4361 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4362 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4363 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4364 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4365 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4366 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4367 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4368 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4369 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4370 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4371 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4372 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4373 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4374 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4375 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4376 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4377 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4378
4379 /* keep last */
4380 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4381 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4382 };
4383
4384 /**
4385 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4386 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4387 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4388 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4389 * a given BSS.
4390 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4391 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4392 *
4393 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4394 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4395 */
4396 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4397 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4398 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4399 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4400 };
4401
4402 /**
4403 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4404 *
4405 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4406 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4407 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4408 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4409 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4410 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4411 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4412 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4413 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4414 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4415 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4416 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4417 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4418 */
4419 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4420 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4421 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4422 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4423 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4424 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4425 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4426 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4427 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4428
4429 /* keep last */
4430 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4431 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4432 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4433 };
4434
4435 /**
4436 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4437 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4438 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4439 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4440 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4441 */
4442 enum nl80211_key_type {
4443 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4444 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4445 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4446
4447 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4448 };
4449
4450 /**
4451 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4452 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4453 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4454 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4455 */
4456 enum nl80211_mfp {
4457 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4458 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4459 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4460 };
4461
4462 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4463 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4464 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4465 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4466 };
4467
4468 /**
4469 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4470 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4471 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4472 * unicast key
4473 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4474 * multicast key
4475 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4476 */
4477 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4478 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4479 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4480 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4481
4482 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4483 };
4484
4485 /**
4486 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4487 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4488 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4489 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4490 * keys
4491 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4492 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4493 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4494 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4495 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4496 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4497 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4498 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4499 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4500 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4501 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4502 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4503 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4504 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4505 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4506 *
4507 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4508 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4509 */
4510 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4511 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4512 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4513 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4514 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4515 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4516 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4517 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4518 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4519 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4520 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4521
4522 /* keep last */
4523 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4524 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4525 };
4526
4527 /**
4528 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4529 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4530 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4531 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4532 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4533 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4534 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4535 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4536 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4537 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4538 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4539 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4540 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4541 */
4542 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4543 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4544 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4545 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4546 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4547 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4548
4549 /* keep last */
4550 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4551 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4552 };
4553
4554 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4555 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4556
4557 /**
4558 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4559 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4560 */
4561 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4562 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4563 };
4564
4565 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4566 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4567 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4568 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4569 };
4570
4571 /**
4572 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4573 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4574 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4575 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4576 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4577 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4578 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4579 */
4580 enum nl80211_band {
4581 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4582 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4583 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4584 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4585
4586 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4587 };
4588
4589 /**
4590 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4591 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4592 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4593 */
4594 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4595 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4596 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4597 };
4598
4599 /**
4600 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4601 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4602 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4603 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4604 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4605 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4606 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4607 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4608 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4609 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4610 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4611 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4612 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4613 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4614 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4615 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4616 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4618 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4620 * checked.
4621 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4622 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4623 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4624 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4625 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4626 * loss event
4627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4628 * RSSI threshold event.
4629 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4630 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4631 */
4632 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4633 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4634 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4635 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4636 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4637 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4638 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4639 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4640 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4641 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4642 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4643
4644 /* keep last */
4645 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4646 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4647 };
4648
4649 /**
4650 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4651 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4652 * configured threshold
4653 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4654 * configured threshold
4655 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4656 */
4657 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4658 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4659 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4660 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4661 };
4662
4663
4664 /**
4665 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4666 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4667 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4668 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4669 */
4670 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4671 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4672 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4673 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4674 };
4675
4676 /**
4677 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4678 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4679 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4680 * a zero bit are ignored
4681 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4682 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4683 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4684 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4685 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4686 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4687 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4688 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4689 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4690 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4691 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4692 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4693 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4694 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4695 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4696 */
4697 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4698 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4699 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4700 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4701 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4702
4703 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4704 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4705 };
4706
4707 /**
4708 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4709 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4710 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4711 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4712 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4713 *
4714 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4715 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4716 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4717 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4718 * by the kernel to userspace.
4719 */
4720 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4721 __u32 max_patterns;
4722 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4723 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4724 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4725 } __attribute__((packed));
4726
4727 /* only for backward compatibility */
4728 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4729 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4730 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4731 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4732 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4733 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4734 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4735
4736 /**
4737 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4738 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4739 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4740 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4741 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4742 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4743 * any others are even supported by the device.
4744 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4745 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4746 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4747 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4748 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4749 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4750 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4751 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4752 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4753 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4754 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4755 *
4756 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4757 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4758 *
4759 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4760 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4761 * to the kernel when configuring.
4762 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4763 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4764 * by the device (flag)
4765 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4766 * done by the device) (flag)
4767 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4768 * packet (flag)
4769 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4770 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4771 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4772 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4773 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4774 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4775 * attribute contains the original length.
4776 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4777 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4778 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4779 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4780 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4781 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4782 * contains the original length.
4783 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4784 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4785 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4786 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4787 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4788 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4789 * the TCP connection.
4790 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4791 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4792 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4793 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4795 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4796 * service
4797 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4798 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4799 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4800 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4801 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4802 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4803 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4804 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4805 * supported by the driver (u32).
4806 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4807 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4808 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4809 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4810 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4811 * occurred.
4812 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4813 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4814 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4815 * these attributes must be present. If
4816 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4817 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4818 * channel.
4819 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4820 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4821 *
4822 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4823 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4824 */
4825 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4826 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4827 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4828 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4829 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4830 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4831 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4832 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4833 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4834 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4835 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4836 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4837 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4838 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4839 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4840 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4841 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4842 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4843 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4844 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4845 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4846
4847 /* keep last */
4848 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4849 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4850 };
4851
4852 /**
4853 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4854 *
4855 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4856 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4857 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4858 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4859 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4860 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4861 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4862 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4863 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4864 *
4865 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4866 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4867 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4868 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4869 * also woken up.
4870 *
4871 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4872 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4873 */
4874
4875 /**
4876 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4877 * @start: starting value
4878 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4879 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4880 *
4881 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4882 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4883 * in little endian.
4884 */
4885 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4886 __u32 start, offset, len;
4887 };
4888
4889 /**
4890 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4891 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4892 * @len: length of each token
4893 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4894 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4895 */
4896 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4897 __u32 offset, len;
4898 __u8 token_stream[];
4899 };
4900
4901 /**
4902 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4903 * @min_len: minimum token length
4904 * @max_len: maximum token length
4905 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4906 */
4907 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4908 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4909 };
4910
4911 /**
4912 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4913 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4914 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4915 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4916 * (in network byte order)
4917 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4918 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4919 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4920 * might require ARP querying.
4921 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4922 * socket and port will be allocated
4923 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4924 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4925 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4926 * of the data payload.
4927 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4928 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4929 * advertising it is just a flag
4930 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4931 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4932 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4933 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4934 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4935 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4936 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4937 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4938 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4939 * but on the TCP payload only.
4940 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4941 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4942 */
4943 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4944 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4945 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4946 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4947 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4948 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4949 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4950 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4951 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4952 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4953 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4954 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4955 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4956
4957 /* keep last */
4958 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4959 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4960 };
4961
4962 /**
4963 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4964 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4965 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4966 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4967 *
4968 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4969 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4970 */
4971 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4972 __u32 max_rules;
4973 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4974 __u32 max_delay;
4975 } __attribute__((packed));
4976
4977 /**
4978 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4979 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4980 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4981 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4982 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4983 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4984 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4985 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4986 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4987 */
4988 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4989 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4990 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4991 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4992 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4993
4994 /* keep last */
4995 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4996 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4997 };
4998
4999 /**
5000 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5001 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5002 * in a rule are matched.
5003 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5004 * in a rule are not matched.
5005 */
5006 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5007 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5008 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5009 };
5010
5011 /**
5012 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5013 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5014 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5015 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5016 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5017 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5018 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5019 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5020 */
5021 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5022 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5023 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5024 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5025
5026 /* keep last */
5027 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5028 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5029 };
5030
5031 /**
5032 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5033 *
5034 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5035 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5036 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5037 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5038 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5039 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5040 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5041 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5042 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5043 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5044 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5045 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5046 * different channels may be used within this group.
5047 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5048 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5049 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5050 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5051 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5052 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5053 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5054 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5055 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5056 *
5057 * Examples:
5058 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5059 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5060 *
5061 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5062 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5063 *
5064 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5065 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5066 *
5067 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5068 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5069 *
5070 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5071 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5072 * that any of these groups must match.
5073 *
5074 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5075 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5076 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5077 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5078 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5079 */
5080 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5081 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5082 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5083 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5084 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5085 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5086 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5087 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5088 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5089
5090 /* keep last */
5091 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5092 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5093 };
5094
5095
5096 /**
5097 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5098 *
5099 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5100 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5101 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5102 * this mesh peer
5103 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5104 * from this mesh peer
5105 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5106 * received from this mesh peer
5107 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5108 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5109 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5110 * plink are discarded
5111 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5112 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5113 */
5114 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5115 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5116 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5117 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5118 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5119 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5120 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5121 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5122
5123 /* keep last */
5124 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5125 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5126 };
5127
5128 /**
5129 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5130 *
5131 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5132 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5133 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5134 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5135 */
5136 enum plink_actions {
5137 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5138 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5139 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5140
5141 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5142 };
5143
5144
5145 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5146 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5147 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5148
5149 /**
5150 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5151 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5152 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5153 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5154 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5155 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5156 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5157 */
5158 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5159 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5160 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5161 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5162 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5163
5164 /* keep last */
5165 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5166 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5167 };
5168
5169 /**
5170 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5171 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5172 * Beacon frames)
5173 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5174 * in Beacon frames
5175 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5176 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5177 */
5178 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5179 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5180 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5181 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5182 };
5183
5184 /**
5185 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5186 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5187 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5188 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5189 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5190 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5191 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5192 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5193 */
5194 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5195 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5196 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5197 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5198
5199 /* keep last */
5200 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5201 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5202 };
5203
5204 /**
5205 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5206 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5207 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5208 * priority)
5209 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5210 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5211 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5212 * (internal)
5213 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5214 * (internal)
5215 */
5216 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5217 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5218 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5219 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5220 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5221
5222 /* keep last */
5223 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5224 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5225 };
5226
5227 /**
5228 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5229 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5230 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5231 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5232 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5233 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5234 */
5235 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5236 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5237 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5238 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5239 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5240 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5241 };
5242
5243 /*
5244 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5245 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5246 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5247 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5248 };
5249 */
5250
5251 /**
5252 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5253 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5254 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5255 * socket option.
5256 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5257 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5258 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5259 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5260 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5261 * cellular base stations.
5262 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5263 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5264 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5265 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5266 * mode
5267 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5268 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5270 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5271 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5272 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5273 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5274 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5275 * setting
5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5277 * powersave
5278 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5279 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5280 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5281 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5282 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5283 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5284 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5285 * states using station flags.
5286 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5287 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5288 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5289 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5290 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5291 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5292 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5293 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5294 * still generated by the driver.
5295 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5296 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5297 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5298 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5299 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5300 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5301 * lifetime of a BSS.
5302 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5303 * Set IE to probe requests.
5304 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5305 * to probe requests.
5306 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5307 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5308 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5309 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5310 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5311 * Measurement Report action frame.
5312 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5313 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5314 * to enable dynack.
5315 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5316 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5317 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5318 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5319 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5320 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5321 * rts/cts handshake.
5322 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5323 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5324 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5325 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5326 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5327 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5328 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5329 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5330 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5331 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5332 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5333 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5334 * address mask/value will be used.
5335 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5336 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5337 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5338 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5339 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5340 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5341 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5342 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5343 */
5344 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5345 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5346 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5347 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5348 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5349 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5350 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5351 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5352 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5353 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5354 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5355 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5356 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5357 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5358 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5359 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5360 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5361 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5362 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5363 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5364 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5365 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5366 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5367 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5368 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5369 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5370 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5371 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5372 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5373 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5374 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5375 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5376 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5377 };
5378
5379 /**
5380 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5381 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5382 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5383 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5384 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5385 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5386 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5387 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5388 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5389 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5390 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5391 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5392 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5393 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5394 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5395 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5396 * (if available).
5397 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5398 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5399 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5400 * (if available).
5401 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5402 * channel dwell time.
5403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5404 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5406 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5407 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5408 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5410 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5412 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5414 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5415 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5416 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5417 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5418 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5419 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5420 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5421 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5422 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5423 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5424 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5425 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5427 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5428 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5429 * be supported.
5430 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5431 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5432 * actual dwell time.
5433 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5434 * response
5435 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5436 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5437 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5438 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5440 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5441 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5443 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5444 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5445 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5446 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5447 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5448 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5449 * "radar detected" event.
5450 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5451 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5453 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5454 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5455 * TXQs.
5456 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5457 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5459 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5460 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5461 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5462 * timing measurement responder role.
5463 *
5464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5465 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5466 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5467 * freeze the connection.
5468 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5469 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5470 *
5471 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5472 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5473 * scheduling.
5474 *
5475 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5476 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5477 *
5478 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5479 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5480 *
5481 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5482 * to a station.
5483 *
5484 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5485 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5486 *
5487 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5488 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5489 */
5490 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5491 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5492 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5493 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5494 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5495 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5496 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5497 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5498 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5500 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5501 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5502 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5503 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5504 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5505 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5506 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5507 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5508 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5509 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5510 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5511 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5512 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5513 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5514 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5515 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5516 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5517 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5518 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5519 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5520 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5521 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5522 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5523 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5524 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5525 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5526 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5527 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5528 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5529 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5530 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5531 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5532
5533 /* add new features before the definition below */
5534 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5535 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5536 };
5537
5538 /**
5539 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5540 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5541 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5542 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5543 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5544 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5545 * to the host.
5546 *
5547 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5548 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5549 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5550 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5551 */
5552 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5553 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5554 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5555 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5556 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5557 };
5558
5559 /**
5560 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5561 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5562 * handled by the AP is reached.
5563 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5564 */
5565 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5566 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5567 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5568 };
5569
5570 /**
5571 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5572 *
5573 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5574 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5575 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5576 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5577 */
5578 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5579 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5580 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5581 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5582 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5583 };
5584
5585 /**
5586 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5587 *
5588 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5589 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5590 * requests.
5591 *
5592 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5593 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5594 * one of them can be used in the request.
5595 *
5596 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5597 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5598 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5599 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5600 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5601 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5602 * when really needed
5603 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5604 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5605 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5606 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5607 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5608 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5609 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5610 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5611 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5612 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5613 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5614 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5615 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5616 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5617 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5618 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5619 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5620 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5621 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5622 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5623 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5624 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5625 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5626 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5627 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5628 * impacted with this flag.
5629 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5630 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5631 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5632 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5633 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5634 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5635 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5636 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5637 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5638 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5639 * possible.
5640 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5641 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5642 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5643 */
5644 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5645 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5646 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5647 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5648 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5649 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5650 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5651 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5652 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5653 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5654 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5655 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5656 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5657 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5658 };
5659
5660 /**
5661 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5662 *
5663 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5664 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5665 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5666 *
5667 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5668 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5669 * in ACL to authenticate.
5670 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5671 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5672 */
5673 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5674 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5675 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5676 };
5677
5678 /**
5679 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5680 *
5681 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5682 *
5683 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5684 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5685 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5686 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5687 */
5688 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5689 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5690 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5691 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5692
5693 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5694 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5695 };
5696
5697 /**
5698 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5699 *
5700 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5701 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5702 *
5703 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5704 * now unusable.
5705 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5706 * the channel is now available.
5707 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5708 * change to the channel status.
5709 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5710 * over, channel becomes usable.
5711 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5712 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5713 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5714 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5715 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5716 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5717 */
5718 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5719 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5720 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5721 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5722 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5723 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5724 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5725 };
5726
5727 /**
5728 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5729 *
5730 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5731 *
5732 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5733 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5734 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5735 * is therefore marked as not available.
5736 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5737 */
5738 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5739 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5740 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5741 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5742 };
5743
5744 /**
5745 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5746 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5747 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5748 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5749 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5750 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5751 */
5752 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5753 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5754 };
5755
5756 /**
5757 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5758 *
5759 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5760 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5761 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5762 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5763 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5764 */
5765 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5766 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5767 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5768 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5769 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5770 /* add other protocols before this one */
5771 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5772 };
5773
5774 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5775 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5776
5777 /**
5778 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5779 *
5780 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5781 *
5782 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5783 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5784 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5785 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5786 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5787 */
5788 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5789 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5790 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5791 };
5792
5793 /*
5794 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5795 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5796 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5797 */
5798 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5799
5800 /**
5801 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5802 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5803 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5804 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5805 * added to this file when needed.
5806 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5807 */
5808 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5809 __u32 vendor_id;
5810 __u32 subcmd;
5811 };
5812
5813 /**
5814 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5815 *
5816 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5817 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5818 *
5819 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5820 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5821 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5822 */
5823 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5824 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5825 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5826 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5827 };
5828
5829 /**
5830 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5831 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5832 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5833 * seconds (u32).
5834 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5835 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5836 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5837 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5838 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5839 * currently defined
5840 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5841 */
5842 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5843 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5844 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5845 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5846
5847 /* keep last */
5848 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5849 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5850 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5851 };
5852
5853 /**
5854 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5855 *
5856 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5857 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5858 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5859 */
5860 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5861 __u8 band;
5862 __s8 delta;
5863 } __attribute__((packed));
5864
5865 /**
5866 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5867 *
5868 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5869 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5870 * is requested.
5871 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5872 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5873 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5874 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5875 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5876 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5877 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5878 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5879 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5880 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5881 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5882 *
5883 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5884 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5885 * which the driver shall use.
5886 */
5887 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5888 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5889 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5890 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5891 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5892
5893 /* keep last */
5894 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5895 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5896 };
5897
5898 /**
5899 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5900 *
5901 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5902 *
5903 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5904 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5905 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5906 */
5907 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5908 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5909 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5910 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5911
5912 /* keep last */
5913 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5914 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5915 };
5916
5917 /**
5918 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5919 *
5920 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5921 *
5922 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5923 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5924 */
5925 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5926 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5927 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5928 };
5929
5930 /**
5931 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5932 *
5933 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5934 *
5935 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5936 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5937 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5938 */
5939 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5940 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5941 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5942 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5943 };
5944
5945 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5946 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5947 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5948
5949 /**
5950 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5951 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5952 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5953 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5954 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5955 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5956 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5957 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5958 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5959 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5960 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5961 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5962 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5963 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5964 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5965 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5966 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5967 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5968 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5969 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5970 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5971 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5972 * This is a flag.
5973 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5974 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5975 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5976 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5977 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5978 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5979 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5980 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5981 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5982 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5983 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5984 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5985 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5986 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5987 *
5988 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5989 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5990 */
5991 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5992 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5993 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5994 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5995 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5996 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5997 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5998 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5999 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6000 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6001 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6002 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6003 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6004 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6005 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6006 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6007 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6008 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6009
6010 /* keep last */
6011 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6012 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6013 };
6014
6015 /**
6016 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6017 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6018 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6019 * This is a flag.
6020 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6021 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6022 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6023 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6024 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6025 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6026 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6027 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6028 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6029 */
6030 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6031 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6032 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6033 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6034 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6035 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6036
6037 /* keep last */
6038 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6039 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6040 };
6041
6042 /**
6043 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6044 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6045 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6046 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6047 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6048 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6049 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6050 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6051 *
6052 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6053 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6054 */
6055 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6056 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6057 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6058 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6059
6060 /* keep last */
6061 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6062 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6063 };
6064
6065 /**
6066 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6067 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6068 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6069 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6070 */
6071 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6072 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6073 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6074 };
6075
6076 /**
6077 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6078 * responder attributes
6079 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6080 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6081 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6082 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6083 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6084 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6085 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6086 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6087 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6088 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6089 */
6090 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6091 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6092
6093 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6094 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6095 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6096
6097 /* keep last */
6098 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6099 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6100 };
6101
6102 /*
6103 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6104 *
6105 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6106 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6107 *
6108 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6109 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6110 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6111 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6112 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6113 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6114 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6115 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6116 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6117 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6118 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6119 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6120 * phase with the responder (u32)
6121 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6122 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6123 * FTM slot (u32)
6124 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6125 * scheduled window (u32)
6126 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6127 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6128 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6129 */
6130 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6131 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6132 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6133 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6134 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6135 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6136 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6137 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6138 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6139 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6140 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6141 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6142
6143 /* keep last */
6144 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6145 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6146 };
6147
6148 /**
6149 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6150 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6151 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6152 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6153 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6154 */
6155 enum nl80211_preamble {
6156 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6157 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6158 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6159 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6160 };
6161
6162 /**
6163 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6164 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6165 * these numbers also for attributes
6166 *
6167 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6168 *
6169 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6170 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6171 */
6172 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6173 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6174
6175 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6176
6177 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6178 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6179 };
6180
6181 /**
6182 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6183 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6184 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6185 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6186 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6187 * reason may be available in the response data
6188 */
6189 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6190 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6191 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6192 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6193 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6194 };
6195
6196 /**
6197 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6198 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6199 *
6200 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6201 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6202 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6203 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6204 * (flag attribute)
6205 *
6206 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6207 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6208 */
6209 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6210 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6211
6212 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6213 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6214
6215 /* keep last */
6216 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6217 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6218 };
6219
6220 /**
6221 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6222 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6223 *
6224 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6225 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6226 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6227 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6228 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6229 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6230 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6231 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6232 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6233 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6234 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6235 * (u64, usec)
6236 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6237 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6238 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6239 * result.
6240 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6241 *
6242 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6243 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6244 */
6245 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6246 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6247
6248 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6249 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6250 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6251 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6252 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6253 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6254
6255 /* keep last */
6256 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6257 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6258 };
6259
6260 /**
6261 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6262 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6263 *
6264 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6265 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6266 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6267 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6268 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6269 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6270 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6271 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6272 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6273 *
6274 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6275 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6276 */
6277 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6278 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6279
6280 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6281 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6282 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6283 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6284
6285 /* keep last */
6286 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6287 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6288 };
6289
6290 /**
6291 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6292 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6293 *
6294 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6295 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6296 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6297 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6298 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6299 * measurement results
6300 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6301 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6302 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6303 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6304 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6305 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6306 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6307 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6308 * sub-attributes taken from
6309 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6310 *
6311 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6312 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6313 */
6314 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6315 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6316
6317 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6318 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6319 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6320 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6321 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6322
6323 /* keep last */
6324 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6325 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6326 };
6327
6328 /**
6329 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6330 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6331 *
6332 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6333 * is supported
6334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6335 * mode is supported
6336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6337 * data can be requested during the measurement
6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6339 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6341 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6342 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6343 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6344 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6345 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6346 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6347 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6348 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6349 * is valid)
6350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6351 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6352 *
6353 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6354 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6355 */
6356 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6357 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6358
6359 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6360 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6362 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6363 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6367
6368 /* keep last */
6369 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6371 };
6372
6373 /**
6374 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6375 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6376 *
6377 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6378 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6379 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6380 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6381 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6382 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6384 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6385 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6386 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6387 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6389 * requested per burst
6390 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6392 * (u8, default 3)
6393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6394 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6395 * (flag)
6396 *
6397 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6398 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6399 */
6400 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6401 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6402
6403 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6404 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6405 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6406 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6407 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6408 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6409 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6410 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6411 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6412
6413 /* keep last */
6414 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6415 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6416 };
6417
6418 /**
6419 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6420 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6421 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6424 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6425 * try and get no response)
6426 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6428 * received
6429 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6430 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6431 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6432 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6433 */
6434 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6435 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6436 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6437 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6438 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6439 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6440 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6441 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6442 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6443 };
6444
6445 /**
6446 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6447 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6448 *
6449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6450 * (u32, optional)
6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6452 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6453 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6454 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6455 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6457 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6458 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6459 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6460 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6461 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6462 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6463 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6464 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6465 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6466 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6467 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6468 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6469 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6470 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6471 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6472 * attributes)
6473 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6474 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6475 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6476 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6477 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6478 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6479 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6480 * optional)
6481 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6482 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6483 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6484 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6485 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6486 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6487 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6488 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6489 * Type 8.
6490 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6491 * (binary, optional);
6492 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6493 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6494 * Type 11.
6495 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6496 *
6497 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6499 */
6500 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6501 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6502
6503 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6504 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6505 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6506 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6507 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6508 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6509 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6510 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6511 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6512 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6513 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6514 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6515 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6516 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6517 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6518 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6519 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6520 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6521 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6522 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6523 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6524
6525 /* keep last */
6526 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6527 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6528 };
6529
6530 /**
6531 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6532 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6533 *
6534 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6535 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6536 *
6537 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6538 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
6539 */
6540 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
6541 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
6542
6543 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
6544 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
6545
6546 /* keep last */
6547 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
6548 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6549 };
6550
6551
6552 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */